blob: d6006f50180f7df3f16340046e7b5ad39f069601 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
144 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
145 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
147 /lib Architecture specific library files
148 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
149 /cpu CPU specific files
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500154 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
157 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
158 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
159 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
160 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
161 /lib Architecture specific library files
162 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
163 /cpu CPU specific files
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200167 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800168 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500169 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000170 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
173 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500174 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
175 /cpu CPU specific files
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400177 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200180 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
184 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
185 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500186 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
187 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
188 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
189 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
190 /lib Architecture specific library files
191 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
194 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
195 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
196 /lib Architecture specific library files
197 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
198 /cpu CPU specific files
199 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
200 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
201 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400202 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
203 /cpu CPU specific files
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500205/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
206/board Board dependent files
207/common Misc architecture independent functions
208/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
209/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
210/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400211/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500212/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
213/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
214/include Header Files
215/lib Files generic to all architectures
216 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
217 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
218 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
219/net Networking code
220/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400221/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500222/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000223
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224Software Configuration:
225=======================
226
227Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
228rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
229
230There are two classes of configuration variables:
231
232* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
233 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
234 "CONFIG_".
235
236* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
237 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
238 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200239 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000240
241Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
242identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
243do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
244links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
245as an example here.
246
247
248Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
249---------------------------------------------------
250
251For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
252configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
253
254Example: For a TQM823L module type:
255
256 cd u-boot
257 make TQM823L_config
258
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200259For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000260e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
261directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
262
263
264Configuration Options:
265----------------------
266
267Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
268such information is kept in a configuration file
269"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
270
271Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
272"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
273
274
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000275Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
276kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
277build a config tool - later.
278
279
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000280The following options need to be configured:
281
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500282- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000283
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500284- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200285
286- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100287 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000288
289- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
290 Define exactly one of
291 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
292--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
293 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
294 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
295
296- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
297 Define exactly one of
298 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
299
300- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
301 Define one or more of
302 CONFIG_CMA302
303
304- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
305 Define one or more of
306 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200307 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000308 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
309
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000310- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
311 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
312 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200313 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
315 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
316 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000317
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530318- Marvell Family Member
319 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
320 multiple fs option at one time
321 for marvell soc family
322
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000323- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000324 Define exactly one of
325 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000326
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200327- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000328 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
329 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
331 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000332 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
333 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000334
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000335- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
337 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000339 See doc/README.MPC866
340
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200341 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000342
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000343 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
344 of relying on the correctness of the configured
345 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
346 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
347 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200348 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100350 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
351
352 Define this option if you want to enable the
353 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
354
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600355- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000356 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
357
358 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
359 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
360 compliance, among other possible reasons.
361
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600362 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
363
364 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
365 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
366 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
367
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
369
370 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
371 tree nodes for the given platform.
372
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000373 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
374
375 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
376 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
377 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
378 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
379 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
380 purpose.
381
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
383
384 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
385 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
387
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
390
391 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
392 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
393
394 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
395 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
396 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
397 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
398
399 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
400 this erratum.
401
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530402 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
403 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
404 requred during NOR boot.
405
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000406 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
407
408 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
409 according to the A004510 workaround.
410
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530411 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
412 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
413 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
414
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530415 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
416 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
417 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
418
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
420 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
421 connected to the DSP core.
422
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530423 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
424 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
425
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000426- Generic CPU options:
427 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
428
429 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
430 values is arch specific.
431
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700432 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
433 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
434 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
435 SoCs.
436
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
438 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
439
440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
441 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
442 deskew training are not available.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
445 Freescale DDR1 controller.
446
447 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
448 Freescale DDR2 controller.
449
450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
451 Freescale DDR3 controller.
452
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700453 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
454 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
455
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
457 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
458 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
459 implemetation.
460
461 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
462 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
463 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
464 implementation.
465
466 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
467 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
468 Freescale DDR3 controllers.
469
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100470- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200471 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100472
473 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
474 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
475 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
476
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200477 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200478
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100479 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
480 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200481 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100482 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200483
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200484- MIPS CPU options:
485 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
486
487 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
488 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
489 relocation.
490
491 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
492
493 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
494 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
495 Possible values are:
496 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
497 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
498 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
499 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
500 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
501 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
502 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
503 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
504
505 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
506
507 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
508 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
509
510 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
511
512 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
513 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
514 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
515
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000516- ARM options:
517 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
518
519 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
520 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
521
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000522 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
523
524 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
525 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
526 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
527 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
528 GCC.
529
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000530 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000531 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
532 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
533 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
534
535 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
536 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
537 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
538 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
539 set these options unless they apply!
540
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000541- CPU timer options:
542 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
543
544 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
545 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
546 option must be set to 1000.
547
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000548- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000549 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
550
551 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
552 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
553 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
554 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
555 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
556 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
557 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000558 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100559 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000560 default environment.
561
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000562 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
563
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200564 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000565 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
566 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
567
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400568 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200569
570 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400571 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
572 concepts).
573
574 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
575 * New libfdt-based support
576 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500577 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400578
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200579 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
580 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
581 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
582 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200583 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600584 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200585
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200586 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
587 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500588
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600589 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
590
591 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
592 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000593
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500594 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
595
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200596 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500597 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
598
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200599 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
600
601 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
602 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
603 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
604 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
605 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
606 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
607
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000608 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
609
610 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
611 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
612 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
613 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
614 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
615 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
616 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
617
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100618- vxWorks boot parameters:
619
620 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
621 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
622 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
623
624 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
625 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
626 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
627 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
628
629 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
630
631 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
632
633 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
634 the defaults discussed just above.
635
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000636- Cache Configuration:
637 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
638 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
639 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
640
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000641- Cache Configuration for ARM:
642 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
643 controller
644 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
645 controller register space
646
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200648 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000649
650 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
651
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200652 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000653
654 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
655
656 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
657
658 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
659 the clock speed of the UARTs.
660
661 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
662
663 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
664 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
665 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
666
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000667 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
668
669 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
670 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
671 this variable to initialize the extra register.
672
673 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
674
675 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
676 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
677 variable to flush the UART at init time.
678
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000679
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000680- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000681 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
682 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
683 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
684 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000685
686 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
687 port routines must be defined elsewhere
688 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
689
690 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
691 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000692 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
694 (default big endian)
695 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
696 rectangle fill
697 (cf. smiLynxEM)
698 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
699 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
700 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
701 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000702 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
703 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
705 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000706 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000707 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
708 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
709 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
710 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
711 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
712 (i.e. i8042_getc)
713 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
714 (requires blink timer
715 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200716 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000717 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
718 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500719 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000720 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
721 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000722 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
723 linux_logo.h for logo.
724 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000725 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200726 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000727 the logo
728
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000729 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
730 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
731 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
732
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000733 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
734 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
735 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000736
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000737 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
738 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
739 the "silent" environment variable. See
740 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000741
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200742 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
743 is 0x00.
744 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
745 is 0xa0.
746
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000747- Console Baudrate:
748 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
749 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200750 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
751 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100753- Console Rx buffer length
754 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
755 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100756 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100757 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
758 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
759 the SMC.
760
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000761- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200762 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
763 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
764 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
765 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
766 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
767 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
768 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200769 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200770 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000771
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200772 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
773 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000774
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000775- Safe printf() functions
776 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
777 the printf() functions. These are defined in
778 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
779 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
780 If this option is not given then these functions will
781 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
782 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
783
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000784- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
785 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
786 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000787 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
788 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000789
790 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
791 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
792 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
793 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
794 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
795 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
796 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
797 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
798 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
799 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
800 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
801 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
802
803- Autoboot Command:
804 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
805 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
806 define a command string that is automatically executed
807 when no character is read on the console interface
808 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
809
810 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000811 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
812 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
813 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000814
815 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000816 The value of these goes into the environment as
817 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
818 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200819 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000820
821- Pre-Boot Commands:
822 CONFIG_PREBOOT
823
824 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
825 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
826 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
827 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
828 entering interactive mode.
829
830 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
831 automatically generated or modified. For an example
832 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
833 modified when the user holds down a certain
834 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
835 booting the systems
836
837- Serial Download Echo Mode:
838 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
839 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
840 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
841 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
842 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
843 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
844 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
845
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500846- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000847 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
848 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200849 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000850
851- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500852 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
853 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000854 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
855 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500856 and augmenting with additional #define's
857 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000858
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500859 The default command configuration includes all commands
860 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000861
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500863 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
864 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
865 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
866 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
867 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
868 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
869 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500870 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
872 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
873 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600874 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
875 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
876 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
877 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
879 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500880 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500881 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
882 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600883 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600884 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500885 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500886 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000887 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
888 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500889 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500890 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000891 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500892 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
893 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
894 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200895 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000896 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500897 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000898 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000899 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500900 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
901 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
902 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
903 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000904 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200905 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500906 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500907 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000908 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500909 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
910 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
911 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
912 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200913 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000914 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
915 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500916 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
917 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200918 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400919 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000920 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500921 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000922 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200923 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500924 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
925 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
926 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100927 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500928 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
929 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200930 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600931 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000932 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500933 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
934 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
935 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
936 host
937 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000938 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500939 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
940 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000941 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500942 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
943 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
944 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
945 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
946 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
947 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700948 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200949 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400950 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800951 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200952 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500953 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000954 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000955 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000956 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
957 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500958 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500959 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000960 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200961 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000962
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000963
964 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
965 support you can write:
966
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500967 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
968 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000969
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400970 Other Commands:
971 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000972
973 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500974 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000975 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
976 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
977 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
978 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
979 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
980 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000981
982
983 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
984
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000985- Regular expression support:
986 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200987 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
988 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
989 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
990 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000991
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000992- Device tree:
993 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
994 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
995 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
996 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
997 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
998 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
999
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001000 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1001 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001002
1003 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1004 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1005 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1006 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1007 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1008 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001009
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001010 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1011 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1012 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1013 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1014
1015 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1016
1017 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1018 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1019 still use the individual files if you need something more
1020 exotic.
1021
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001022- Watchdog:
1023 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1024 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001025 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1026 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1027 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1028 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1029 available, then no further board specific code should
1030 be needed to use it.
1031
1032 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1033 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1034 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1035 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001036
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001037- U-Boot Version:
1038 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1039 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1040 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1041 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001042 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1043 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001044
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001045- Real-Time Clock:
1046
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001047 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001048 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1049 following options:
1050
1051 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1052 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001053 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001054 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001055 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001056 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001057 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001058 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001059 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001060 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001061 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001062 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1063 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001064
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001065 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1066 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1067
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001068- GPIO Support:
1069 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001070
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001071 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1072 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1073 pins supported by a particular chip.
1074
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001075 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1076 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1077
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001078- Timestamp Support:
1079
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001080 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1081 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1082 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001083 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001084
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001085- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1086 Zero or more of the following:
1087 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1088 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1089 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1090 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1091 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1092 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1093 disk/part_efi.c
1094 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001095
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001096 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1097 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001098 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001099
1100- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001101 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1102 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001103
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001104 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1105 be performed by calling the function
1106 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1107 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001108
1109- ATAPI Support:
1110 CONFIG_ATAPI
1111
1112 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1113
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001114- LBA48 Support
1115 CONFIG_LBA48
1116
1117 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001118 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001119 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1120 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1121
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001122 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001123 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1124 Default is 32bit.
1125
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001126- SCSI Support:
1127 At the moment only there is only support for the
1128 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1129 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1130
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001131 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1132 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1133 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001134 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1135 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001136 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001137
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001138 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1139 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001140
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001141- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001142 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001143 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1144
1145 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1146 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1147 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1148 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1149
1150 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1151 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1152 example with the "sspi" command.
1153
1154 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1155 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1156 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001157
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001158 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001159 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001160
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001161 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1162 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001163 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001164 write routine for first time initialisation.
1165
1166 CONFIG_TULIP
1167 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1168 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1169 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1170
1171 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1172 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1173
1174 CONFIG_NS8382X
1175 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1176
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001177- NETWORK Support (other):
1178
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001179 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1180 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1181
1182 CONFIG_RMII
1183 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1184
1185 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1186 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1187 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1188
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001189 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1190 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1191
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001192 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001193 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1194
1195 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1196 Define this to hold the physical address
1197 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1198
1199 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1200 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1201
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001202 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001203 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1204
1205 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1206 Define this to hold the physical address
1207 of the device (I/O space)
1208
1209 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1210 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1211
1212 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1213 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1214 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1215
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001216 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1217 Support for davinci emac
1218
1219 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1220 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1221
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001222 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1223 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1224
1225 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1226 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1227 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1228 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1229 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1230 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1231 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1232 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1233
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001234 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001235 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1236
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001237 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001238 Define this to hold the physical address
1239 of the device (I/O space)
1240
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001241 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001242 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1243
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001244 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001245 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1246 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001247 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001248
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001249 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1250 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1251
1252 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1253 Define the number of ports to be used
1254
1255 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1256 Define the ETH PHY's address
1257
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001258 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1259 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1260
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001261- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001262 CONFIG_TPM
1263 Support TPM devices.
1264
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001265 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1266 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1267 per system is supported at this time.
1268
1269 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1270 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1271
1272 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1273 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1274
1275 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1276 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1277
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001278 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1279 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1280
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001281 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001282 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1283 per system is supported at this time.
1284
1285 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1286 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1287 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1288 0xfed40000.
1289
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001290 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1291 Add tpm monitor functions.
1292 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1293 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1294
1295 CONFIG_TPM
1296 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1297 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1298 Requires support for a TPM device.
1299
1300 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1301 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1302 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1303
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001304- USB Support:
1305 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001306 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001307 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1308 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001309 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001310 storage devices.
1311 Note:
1312 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1313 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001314 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1315 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1316 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001317 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1318 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001319 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1320 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1321 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001322 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1323 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001324 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001325 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1326 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001327
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001328 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1329 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1330
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001331 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1332 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1333
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001334- USB Device:
1335 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1336 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1337 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001338 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001339 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1340 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001341 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001342 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1343 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1344 a Linux host by
1345 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1346 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1347 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1348 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001349
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001350 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1351 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001352
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001353 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1354 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1355 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001356
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301357 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1358 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1359 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1360 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1361 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1362 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1363 speed.
1364
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001365 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001366 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1367 be set to usbtty.
1368
1369 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001370 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001371 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001372 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001373
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001374 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001375 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001376 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001377
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001378 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001379 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001380 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001381 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1382 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1383 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1384
1385 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1386 Define this string as the name of your company for
1387 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001388
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001389 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1390 Define this string as the name of your product
1391 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1392
1393 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1394 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1395 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1396 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1397 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001398
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001399 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1400 Define this as the unique Product ID
1401 for your device
1402 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001403
Przemyslaw Marczak351e9b22013-10-23 14:30:46 +02001404 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1405 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1406 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1407 This enables function definition:
1408 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1409 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1410
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001411- ULPI Layer Support:
1412 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1413 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1414 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1415 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1416 viewport is supported.
1417 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1418 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001419 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1420 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1421 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001422
1423- MMC Support:
1424 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1425 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1426 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1427 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001428 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1429 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001430
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001431 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1432 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1433
1434 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1435 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1436
1437 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1438 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1439
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001440- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1441 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1442 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1443
1444 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1445 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1446 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1447 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1448 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1449
1450 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1451 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1452
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001453 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1454 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1455
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301456 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1457 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1458 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1459 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1460 one that would help mostly the developer.
1461
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001462 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1463 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1464 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1465 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1466 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1467
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001468 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1469 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1470 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1471 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1472 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1473 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1474
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001475- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1476 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1477 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1478 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1479
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001480 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1481 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001482 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1483
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001484 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001485 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1486 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1487
1488 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001489 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001490 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1491 have not defined a custom partition
1492
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001493- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1494 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001495
1496 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1497 file in FAT formatted partition.
1498
1499 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1500 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001501
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001502CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1503 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1504
1505 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1506 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1507 and cbfsload.
1508
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001509- Keyboard Support:
1510 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1511
1512 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1513 support
1514
1515 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1516 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1517 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1518 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1519 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1520
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001521 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1522 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1523 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1524 which provides key scans on request.
1525
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001526- Video support:
1527 CONFIG_VIDEO
1528
1529 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1530 video).
1531
1532 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1533
1534 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1535
1536 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001537 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001538 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1539 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1540 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001541
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001542 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001543 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001544 are possible:
1545 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001546 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001547
1548 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1549 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1550 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1551 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1552 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1553 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1554 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001555 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1556
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001557 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001558 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001559
1560
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001561 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001562 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001563 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1564 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1565
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001566 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001567 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001568 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1569 support, and should also define these other macros:
1570
1571 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1572 CONFIG_VIDEO
1573 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1574 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1575 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1576 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1577 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1578 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1579
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001580 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1581 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1582 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1583 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001584
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001585 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1586
1587 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1588 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1589 driver.
1590
1591
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001592- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001593 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001594
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001595 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1596 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1597 defined in your board-specific files.
1598 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001599
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001600- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1601
1602 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1603 display); also select one of the supported displays
1604 by defining one of these:
1605
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001606 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1607
1608 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1609
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001610 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001611
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001612 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001613
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001614 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001615
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001616 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1617 Active, color, single scan.
1618
1619 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1620
1621 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001622 Active, color, single scan.
1623
1624 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1625
1626 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1627 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1628
1629 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1630
1631 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1632 Active, color, single scan.
1633
1634 CONFIG_HLD1045
1635
1636 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1637 Active, color, single scan.
1638
1639 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1640
1641 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1642 or
1643 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1644 or
1645 Hitachi SP14Q002
1646
1647 320x240. Black & white.
1648
1649 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001650 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001651
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001652 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1653
1654 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1655 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1656 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1657 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1658 a per-section basis.
1659
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001660 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1661
1662 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1663 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1664 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1665 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001666
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001667 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1668
1669 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1670
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001671 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1672
1673 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1674 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1675
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001676- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001677
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001678 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1679 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1680 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001681 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001682 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1683 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1684 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1685 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001686
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001687 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1688
1689 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1690 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1691 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1692 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1693 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1694 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1695 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1696 there is no need to set this option.
1697
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001698 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1699
1700 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1701 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1702 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1703 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1704 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1705 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1706
1707 Example:
1708 setenv splashpos m,m
1709 => image at center of screen
1710
1711 setenv splashpos 30,20
1712 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1713
1714 setenv splashpos -10,m
1715 => vertically centered image
1716 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1717
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001718- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1719
1720 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1721 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1722 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1723
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001724- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1725
1726 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1727 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1728 bmp command.
1729
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001730- Do compresssing for memory range:
1731 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1732
1733 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1734 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1735
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001736- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001737 CONFIG_GZIP
1738
1739 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1740
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001741 CONFIG_BZIP2
1742
1743 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1744 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1745 compressed images are supported.
1746
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001747 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001748 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001749 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001750
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001751 CONFIG_LZMA
1752
1753 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1754 images is included.
1755
1756 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1757 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1758 formula:
1759
1760 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1761
1762 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1763 and Literal pos bits.
1764
1765 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1766 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1767 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1768 a very small buffer.
1769
1770 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1771 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001772 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001773
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001774 CONFIG_LZO
1775
1776 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1777 is included.
1778
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001779- MII/PHY support:
1780 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1781
1782 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1783
1784 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1785
1786 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1787
1788 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1789
1790 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001791 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001792
1793 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1794
1795 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1796 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1797 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1798 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1799
1800 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1801
1802 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1803 command issued before MII status register can be read
1804
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001805- Ethernet address:
1806 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001807 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001808 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1809 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001810 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1811 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001812
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001813 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1814 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001815 is not determined automatically.
1816
1817- IP address:
1818 CONFIG_IPADDR
1819
1820 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001821 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001822 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001823 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001824
1825- Server IP address:
1826 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1827
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001828 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001829 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001830 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001831
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001832 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1833
1834 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1835 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1836
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001837- Gateway IP address:
1838 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1839
1840 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1841 default router where packets to other networks are
1842 sent to.
1843 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1844
1845- Subnet mask:
1846 CONFIG_NETMASK
1847
1848 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1849 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1850 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1851 forwarded through a router.
1852 (Environment variable "netmask")
1853
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001854- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1855 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1856
1857 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1858 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001859 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001860 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1861 multicast group.
1862
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001863- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1864 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1865
1866 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1867 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1868 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1869 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1870 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1871 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1872 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1873 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001874 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001875
1876 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1877 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1878 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1879 4th and following
1880 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1881
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001882- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001883 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1884 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001885
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001886 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1887 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1888 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1889 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1890 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1891 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1892 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1893 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1894 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1895 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1896 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1897 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001898 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001899
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001900 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1901 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001902
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001903 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1904 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1905 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1906 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1907 is not available.
1908
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001909 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1910 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1911 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1912 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1913 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1914 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1915 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001916 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001917
1918 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1919 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1920 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001921 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001922 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1923 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001924
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001925 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1926
1927 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1928 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1929 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1930 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1931 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1932 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1933 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1934 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1935 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1936 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1937 this delay.
1938
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001939 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1940 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1941 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1942 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1943 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1944
1945 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1946
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001947 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001948 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001949
1950 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1951
1952 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1953
1954 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1955 of the device.
1956
1957 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1958
1959 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1960 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001961 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001962
1963 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1964
1965 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1966 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1967
1968 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1969
1970 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1971
1972 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1973
1974 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1975
1976 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1977
1978 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1979
1980 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1981
1982 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1983 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1984
1985 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1986
1987 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1988
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001989- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1990
1991 Several configurations allow to display the current
1992 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1993 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1994 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1995 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1996 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1997 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1998 feature in U-Boot.
1999
2000- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2001
2002 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2003 on those systems that support this (optional)
2004 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2005
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002006- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002007
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002008 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2009 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2010 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2011 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2012 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2013 interface.
2014
2015 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002016 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2017 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2018 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2019 for defining speed and slave address
2020 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2021 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2022 for defining speed and slave address
2023 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2024 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2025 for defining speed and slave address
2026 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2027 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2028 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002029
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002030 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2031 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2032 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2033 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2034 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2035 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002036 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002037 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2038 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2039 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2040 second bus.
2041
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002042 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002043 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2044 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2045 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002046
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002047 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2048 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2049 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2050 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2051
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002052 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2053 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2054 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2055 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2056 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2057 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2058 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2059 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2060 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2061 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2062
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002063 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2064 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2065 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2066
2067 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2068 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2069 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2070 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2071 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2072 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2073 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2074 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2075 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2076
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002077 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2078 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2079 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2080
2081 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2082 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2083 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2084 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2085 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2086 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2087 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2088 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2089 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2090 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2091 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2092 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2093 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2094
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002095 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2096 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2097 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2098 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2099 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2100 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2101 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2102 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2103 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2104 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2105 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2106 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2107
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002108 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2109 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2110 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2111 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2112
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002113 additional defines:
2114
2115 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2116 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2117 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2118 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2119 omit this define.
2120
2121 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2122 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2123 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2124 omit this define.
2125
2126 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2127 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2128 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2129 define.
2130
2131 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2132 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2133 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2134 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2135 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2136
2137 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2138 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2139 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2140 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2141 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2142 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2143 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2144 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2145 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2146 }
2147
2148 which defines
2149 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002150 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2151 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2152 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2153 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2154 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002155 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002156 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2157 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002158
2159 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2160
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002161- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002162
2163 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2164 provides the following compelling advantages:
2165
2166 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2167 - approved multibus support
2168 - better i2c mux support
2169
2170 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2171
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002172 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2173 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2174 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002175
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002176 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002177 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002178 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2179 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002180 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002181
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002182 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002183
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002184 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002185 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002186
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002187 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002188 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002189 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002190 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002191
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002192 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002193 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002194 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2195 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2196 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002197
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002198 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2199
2200 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2201 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2202 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2203 commands until the slave device responds.
2204
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002205 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002206
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002207 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002208 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2209 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002210
2211 I2C_INIT
2212
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002213 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002214 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002215
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002216 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002217
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002218 I2C_PORT
2219
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002220 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2221 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2222 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002223
2224 I2C_ACTIVE
2225
2226 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2227 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2228 define can be null.
2229
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002230 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2231
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002232 I2C_TRISTATE
2233
2234 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2235 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2236 define can be null.
2237
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002238 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2239
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002240 I2C_READ
2241
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002242 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2243 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002244
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002245 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2246
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002247 I2C_SDA(bit)
2248
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002249 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2250 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002251
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002252 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002253 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002254 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002255
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002256 I2C_SCL(bit)
2257
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002258 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2259 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002260
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002261 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002262 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002263 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002264
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002265 I2C_DELAY
2266
2267 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2268 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002269 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002270 like:
2271
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002272 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002273
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002274 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2275
2276 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2277 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2278 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2279 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2280
2281 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2282 the generic GPIO functions.
2283
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002284 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002285
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002286 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2287 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2288 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2289 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2290 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2291 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2292 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2293 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002294
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002295 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2296
2297 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2298 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2299 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2300 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2301 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2302 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2303 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2304 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2305
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002306 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2307
2308 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2309 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2310 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2311
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002312 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2313
2314 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002315 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2316 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002317 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2318
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002319 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002320
2321 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002322 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002323 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2324 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002325
2326 e.g.
2327 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002328 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002329
2330 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2331
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002332 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002333 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002334
2335 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002337 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002338
2339 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2340 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002342 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002343
2344 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2345 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002347 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002348
2349 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2350 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2351
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002352 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002353
2354 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2355 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2356 specified DTT device.
2357
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002358 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2359
2360 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2361 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2362 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2363 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2364 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2365 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2366 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002367
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002368- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2369
2370 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2371 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2372 D/As on the SACSng board)
2373
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002374 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2375
2376 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2377 only SH7757 is supported.
2378
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002379 CONFIG_SPI_X
2380
2381 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2382 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2383
2384 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2385
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002386 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2387 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2388 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2389 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2390 defined, the board configuration must define several
2391 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2392 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002393
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002394 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2395
2396 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2397 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2398 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002399 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002400 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2401
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002402 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2403
2404 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002405 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002406
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002407- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2408
2409 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2410
2411 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2412
2413 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2414 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2415
2416 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2417
2418 Enables support for FPGA family.
2419 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2420
2421 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002422
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002423 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002424
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002425 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002426
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002427 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002428
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002429 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002430
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002431 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2432 status by the configuration function. This option
2433 will require a board or device specific function to
2434 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002435
2436 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2437
2438 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2439 configuration driver.
2440
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002441 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002442 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2443
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002444 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002445
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002446 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2447 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2448 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2449 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002450
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002451 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002452
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002453 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2454 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2455 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002456 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002457
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002458 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002459
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002460 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002461 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002462
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002463 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002464
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002465 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002466 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002467
2468- Configuration Management:
2469 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2470
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002471 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2472 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002473
2474- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2475
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002476 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2477 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002478 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002479 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2480 protects these variables from casual modification by
2481 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2482 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002483 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002484
2485 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2486 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002487 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002488 these parameters.
2489
2490 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2491 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002492 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002493 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2494 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2495 read-only.]
2496
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002497 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2498 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2499 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2500 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2501
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002502- Protected RAM:
2503 CONFIG_PRAM
2504
2505 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2506 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2507 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2508 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2509 this default value by defining an environment
2510 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2511 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2512 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2513 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2514 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2515 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2516 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2517
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002518 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002519 saveenv
2520
2521 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2522 either, which results in a memory region that will
2523 not be affected by reboots.
2524
2525 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2526 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2527 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2528 following board configurations are known to be
2529 "pRAM-clean":
2530
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002531 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2532 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002533 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002534
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002535- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2536 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2537 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2538 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2539 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2540 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2541 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2542
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002543- Error Recovery:
2544 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2545
2546 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2547 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2548 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002549 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002550 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2551 useful during development since you can try to debug
2552 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2553
2554 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2555
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002556 This variable defines the number of retries for
2557 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2558 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2559 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002560
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002561 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2562
2563 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2564
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002565 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2566
2567 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2568 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2569 try longer timeout such as
2570 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2571
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002572- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002573 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002574
2575 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2576
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002577 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2578 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002579
2580
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002581 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002582
2583 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2584 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2585 powerful command line syntax like
2586 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2587 constructs ("shell scripts").
2588
2589 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2590 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2591
2592
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002593 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002594
2595 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2596 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2597 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2598
2599 Note:
2600
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002601 In the current implementation, the local variables
2602 space and global environment variables space are
2603 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2604 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2605 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2606 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2607 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002608
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002609 Global environment variables are those you use
2610 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2611 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2612 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002613
2614 To store commands and special characters in a
2615 variable, please use double quotation marks
2616 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2617 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2618 symbols.
2619
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002620- Commandline Editing and History:
2621 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2622
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002623 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002624 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002625
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002626- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002627 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2628
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002629 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2630 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002631 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002632
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002633 For example, place something like this in your
2634 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002635
2636 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2637 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2638 "myvar2=value2\0"
2639
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002640 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2641 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2642 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2643 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002644 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002645 You better know what you are doing here.
2646
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002647 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2648 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002649 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002650 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002651
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002652 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2653
2654 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2655 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2656 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2657
2658 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2659
2660 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2661 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2662 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2663 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2664 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2665
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002666 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2667
2668 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2669 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2670 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2671
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002672 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2673
2674 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2675 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2676 that so that the environment is not available until
2677 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2678 this is instead controlled by the value of
2679 /config/load-environment.
2680
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002681- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002682 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2683
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002684 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2685 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2686 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002687
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002688- Serial Flash support
2689 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2690
2691 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2692 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2693
2694 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2695 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2696 commands.
2697
2698 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2699 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2700 flash is present on the system.
2701
2702 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2703 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2704 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2705 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2706
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002707 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2708
2709 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2710 test ('sf test').
2711
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302712 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2713
2714 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2715 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2716
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002717- SystemACE Support:
2718 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2719
2720 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2721 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002722 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002723 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002724
2725 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002726 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002727
2728 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2729 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2730
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002731- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2732 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2733
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002734 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002735 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002736 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002737 number generator is used.
2738
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002739 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2740 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2741 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2742
2743 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002744 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2745 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2746 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2747 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2748 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2749 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2750
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002751- Hashing support:
2752 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2753
2754 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2755 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2756
2757 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2758
2759 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2760 size a little.
2761
2762 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2763 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2764
2765 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2766 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2767
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002768- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2769 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2770 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2771 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2772
2773 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2774 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2775 a boot from specific media.
2776
2777 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2778 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2779 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2780 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2781 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2782
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002783- Signing support:
2784 CONFIG_RSA
2785
2786 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2787 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information.
2788
2789 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2790 option.
2791
2792
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002793- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002794 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2795
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002796 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2797 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2798 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2799 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2800 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2801 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002802
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002803- Detailed boot stage timing
2804 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2805 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2806 of the boot process.
2807
2808 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2809 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2810 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2811 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2812 the limit, recording will stop.
2813
2814 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2815 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2816
2817 Timer summary in microseconds:
2818 Mark Elapsed Stage
2819 0 0 reset
2820 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2821 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2822 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2823 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2824 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2825 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2826 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2827
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002828 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2829 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2830 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2831
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002832 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2833 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2834 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2835 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2836 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2837 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2838 For example:
2839
2840 bootstage {
2841 154 {
2842 name = "board_init_f";
2843 mark = <3575678>;
2844 };
2845 170 {
2846 name = "lcd";
2847 accum = <33482>;
2848 };
2849 };
2850
2851 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2852
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002853Legacy uImage format:
2854
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002855 Arg Where When
2856 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002857 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002858 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002859 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002860 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002861 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002862 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2863 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2864 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002865 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002866 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2867 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2868 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2869 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002870 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002871 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002872
2873 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2874 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2875 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2876 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2877 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2878 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2879 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002880 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002881 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2882 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2883
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002884 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002885
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002886 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002887 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2888 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002889
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002890 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2891 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2892 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2893 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2894 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2895 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2896 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2897 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2898 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2899 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2900 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2901 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2902 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2903 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2904 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2905 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2906 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2907 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2908 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2909 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2910 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2911 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2912 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2913 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2914 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2915 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2916 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2917 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2918 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2919 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2920 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2921 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2922 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2923 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2924 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2925 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2926 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2927 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2928 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2929 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2930 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2931 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2932 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2933 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2934 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2935 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2936 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002937
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002938 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002939
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002940 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002941 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2942 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002943
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002944 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2945 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002946 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002947 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2948 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2949 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002950 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2951 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002952 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002953
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002954FIT uImage format:
2955
2956 Arg Where When
2957 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2958 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2959 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2960 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2961 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2962 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002963 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002964 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2965 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2966 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2967 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2968 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002969 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2970 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002971 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2972 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2973 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2974 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2975 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2976 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2977 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2978 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2979
2980 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2981 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2982 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002983 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002984 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2985 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2986 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2987 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2988 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2989 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2990 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2991 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2992 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2993 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2994 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2995 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2996
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002997 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002998 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2999
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003000 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003001 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3002
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003003 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003004 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3005
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003006- FIT image support:
3007 CONFIG_FIT
3008 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3009
3010 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3011 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3012 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3013 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3014 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3015 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3016
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003017 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3018 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3019 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3020 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3021
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003022- Standalone program support:
3023 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3024
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003025 This option defines a board specific value for the
3026 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3027 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003028 settings.
3029
3030- Frame Buffer Address:
3031 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3032
3033 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003034 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3035 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3036 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3037 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3038 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3039 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3040 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003041
3042 Please see board_init_f function.
3043
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003044- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3045 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3046 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3047 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3048
3049 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3050 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3051
3052- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3053 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3054
3055 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3056 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3057
3058 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3059
3060 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3061 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3062
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003063- UBI support
3064 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3065
3066 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3067 with the UBI flash translation layer
3068
3069 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3070
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003071 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3072
3073 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3074 warnings and errors enabled.
3075
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003076- UBIFS support
3077 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3078
3079 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3080 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3081
3082 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3083
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003084 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3085
3086 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3087 warnings and errors enabled.
3088
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003089- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003090 CONFIG_SPL
3091 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003092
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003093 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3094 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3095
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003096 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3097 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3098 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3099 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003100 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003101 must not be both defined at the same time.
3102
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003103 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003104 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3105 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3106 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3107 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003108
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003109 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3110 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003111
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003112 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3113 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3114 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3115
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003116 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3117 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3118
3119 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003120 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3121 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3122 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003123 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003124 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003125
3126 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3127 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3128
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003129 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3130 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3131 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3132 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3133
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003134 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3135 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3136
3137 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3138 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003139
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003140 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3141 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3142 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3143 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3144
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003145 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3146 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3147 about the running system.
3148
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003149 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3150 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3151
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003152 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3153 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003154
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003155 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3156 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003157
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003158 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3159 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003160
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003161 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3162 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003163
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003164 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3165 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003166
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003167 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3168 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3169 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3170 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3171 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3172
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003173 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3174 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3175 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3176
3177 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3178 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3179 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3180 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3181 (for falcon mode)
3182
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003183 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3184 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3185
3186 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3187 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3188
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003189 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3190 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3191 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3192
3193 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3194 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3195 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3196
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003197 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3198 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3199 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3200 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3201 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3202
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003203 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3204 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3205 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3206
3207 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3208 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3209
3210 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3211 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3212
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003213 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003214 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3215 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003216
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003217 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3218 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003219 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003220
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003221 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3222 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3223 SPL binary.
3224
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003225 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3226 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3227 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3228 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3229 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3230 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003231 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003232
3233 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003234 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3235
3236 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3237 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3238
3239 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3240 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003241
3242 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003243 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003244
3245 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3246 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3247 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3248
3249 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3250 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3251 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3252
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003253 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3254 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003255
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003256 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3257 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003258
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003259 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3260 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003261
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003262 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3263 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3264
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003265 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3266 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003267
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003268 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3269 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3270
3271 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3272 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3273 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3274 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3275
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003276 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003277 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3278 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3279 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3280 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3281 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003282
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003283 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3284 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3285 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3286 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3287
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003288 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3289 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3290 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3291 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3292 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3293
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003294- TPL framework
3295 CONFIG_TPL
3296 Enable building of TPL globally.
3297
3298 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3299 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3300 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003301 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3302 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3303 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003304
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003305Modem Support:
3306--------------
3307
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003308[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003309
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003310- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003311 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3312
3313- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3314 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3315
3316- Modem debug support:
3317 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3318
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003319 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3320 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003321
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003322- Interrupt support (PPC):
3323
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003324 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3325 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003326 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003327 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003328 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003329 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003330 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003331 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3332 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3333 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003334
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003335- General:
3336
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003337 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3338 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3339 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003340 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003341 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3342 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3343 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003344
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003345 If there are no modem init strings in the
3346 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3347 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003348 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003349
3350 See also: doc/README.Modem
3351
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003352Board initialization settings:
3353------------------------------
3354
3355During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3356to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3357before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3358following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3359architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3360typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3361
3362- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3363- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3364- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3365- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003366
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003367Configuration Settings:
3368-----------------------
3369
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003370- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003371 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3372
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003373- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3374 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3375
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003376- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003377 prompt for user input.
3378
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003379- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003380
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003381- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003383- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003384
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003385- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003386 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3387 booted
3388
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003389- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003390 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3391
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003392- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003393 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003394
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003395- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003396 If the board specific function
3397 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3398 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003399 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3400
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003401- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003402 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003403
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003404- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003405 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3406
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003407- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003408 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3409 simple memory test.
3410
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003411- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003412 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003413
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003414- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003415 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3416 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3417
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003418- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3419 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003420 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003421 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003422 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3423 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3424 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003425 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003426 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003427 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003428
3429 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3430 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3431 be touched.
3432
3433 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3434 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3435 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3436 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3437 problems.
3438
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003439- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003440 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3441
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003442- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003443 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003445- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003446 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3447 Cogent motherboard)
3448
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003449- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003450 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3451
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003452- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003453 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3454 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003455 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003456 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003457
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003458- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003459 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3460 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3461 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3462 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003463
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003464- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003465 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3466
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003467- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003468 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3469 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003470 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003471 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3472
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003473- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003474 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3475 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003476 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3477 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003478 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003479 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003480 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003481 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3482 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3483 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003484
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003485- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3486 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3487 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3488 is enabled.
3489
3490- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3491 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3492 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3493
3494- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3495 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3496 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3497
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003498- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003499 Max number of Flash memory banks
3500
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003501- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003502 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3503
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003504- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003505 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3506
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003507- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003508 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3509
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003510- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003511 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3512
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003513- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003514 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3515
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003516- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003517 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3518 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3519
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003520- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521
3522 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3523 without this option such a download has to be
3524 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3525 copy from RAM to flash.
3526
3527 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3528 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003529 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3530 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003531 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3532
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003533- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003534 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003535 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3536
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003537- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003538 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3539 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003540
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003541- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3542 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3543 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3544 to the MTD layer.
3545
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003546- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003547 Use buffered writes to flash.
3548
3549- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3550 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3551 write commands.
3552
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003553- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003554 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3555 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3556 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3557 optionally available.
3558
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003559- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3560 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3561 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3562 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3563
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003564- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3565 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3566 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3567 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3568 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3569 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3570 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3571 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3572
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003573- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003574 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3575 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003576 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3577 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003578 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003579 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3580
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003581- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3582
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003583 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3584 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3585 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3586 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3587 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003588
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003589- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3590- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003591 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003592 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3593 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3594 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3595
3596 The format of the list is:
3597 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003598 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3599 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003600 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3601 list = entry[,list]
3602
3603 The type attributes are:
3604 s - String (default)
3605 d - Decimal
3606 x - Hexadecimal
3607 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3608 i - IP address
3609 m - MAC address
3610
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003611 The access attributes are:
3612 a - Any (default)
3613 r - Read-only
3614 o - Write-once
3615 c - Change-default
3616
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003617 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3618 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3619 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3620
3621 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3622 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3623 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3624 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3625 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3626 ".flags" variable.
3627
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003628- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3629 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3630 access flags.
3631
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003632- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3633 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3634 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3635 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3636 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3637 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3638 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3639 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3640 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3641
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003642- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3643 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3644 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3645 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3646 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3647
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003648- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3649 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3650 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3651 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003652
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003653The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3654of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3655following configurations:
3656
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003657- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3658
3659 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3660 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3661
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003662- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003663
3664 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3665
3666 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3667 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3668 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3669 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3670 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3671 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3672 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3673 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3674 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3675 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3676 between U-Boot and the environment.
3677
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003678 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679
3680 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3681 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3682 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3683 for this sector is given here.
3684
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003685 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003687 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003688
3689 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3690 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003691 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003692
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003693 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003694
3695 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3696
3697
3698 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3699 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3700 the environment.
3701
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003702 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003703
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003704 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003705 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003706 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3707 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3708
3709 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3710 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3711 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3712 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3713 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3714 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3715 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3716 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3717 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3718
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003719 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3720 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003721
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003722 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003723 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003724 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003725 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003726
3727BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3728source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3729accordingly!
3730
3731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003732- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003733
3734 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3735 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3736 environment.
3737
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003738 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3739 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003740
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003741 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003742 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3743 can just be read and written to, without any special
3744 provision.
3745
3746BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3747in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003748console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003749U-Boot will hang.
3750
3751Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3752environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3753keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3754to save the current settings.
3755
3756
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003757- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003758
3759 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3760 device and a driver for it.
3761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003762 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3763 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003764
3765 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3766 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003768 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003769 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3770 The default address is zero.
3771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003772 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003773 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3774 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3775 would require six bits.
3776
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003777 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003778 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003779 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003780
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003781 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003782 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3783 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3784
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003785 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003786 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3787 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3788 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3789 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3790 byte chips.
3791
3792 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3793 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3794 in the chip address.
3795
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003796 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003797 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3798
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003799 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3800 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3801 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3802
3803 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3804 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3805 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3806 EEPROM. For example:
3807
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003808 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003809
3810 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3811 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003812
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003813- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003814
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003815 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003816 want to use for the environment.
3817
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003818 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3819 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3820 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003821
3822 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3823 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3824 at the specified address.
3825
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003826- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3827
3828 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3829 want to use for the local device's environment.
3830
3831 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3832 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3833
3834 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3835 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3836 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003837 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003838
3839BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3840"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003841environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3842but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003843
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003844- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003845
3846 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3847 for the environment.
3848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003849 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3850 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003851
3852 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003853 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3854 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003855
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003856 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003857
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003858 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003859 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3860 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003861 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003862 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003863
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003864 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3865
3866 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3867 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3868 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3869 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3870 the range to be avoided.
3871
3872 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3873
3874 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3875 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3876 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3877 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3878 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003879
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003880- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3881
3882 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3883 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3884 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3885
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003886- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3887
3888 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3889 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3890 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3891
3892 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3893
3894 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3895
3896 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3897
3898 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3899 environment in.
3900
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003901 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3902
3903 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3904 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3905 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3906
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003907 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3908 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3909
3910 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3911 when storing the env in UBI.
3912
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003913- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3914
3915 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3916 environment.
3917
3918 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3919
3920 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3921
3922 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3923
3924 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3925 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3926 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3927
3928 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3929 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3930
3931 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3932 area within the specified MMC device.
3933
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003934 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3935 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3936 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3937 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3938 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3939 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3940 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3941
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003942 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3943 MMC sector boundary.
3944
3945 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3946
3947 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3948 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3949 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3950 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3951
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003952 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3953 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3954
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003955 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3956 an MMC sector boundary.
3957
3958 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3959
3960 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3961 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3962 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3963
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003964- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003965
3966 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3967 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3968 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3969 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3970 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3971 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3972 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3973
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003974Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003975has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003976created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003977until then to read environment variables.
3978
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003979The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3980is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3981with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3982necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3983"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3984have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003985
3986Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3987the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003988use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003989
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003990- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003991 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003992
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003993 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003994 also needs to be defined.
3995
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003996- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003997 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003998
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003999- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4000 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4001 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4002 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4003 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4004 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4005
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004006- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4007 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4008 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4009 to do this.
4010
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004011- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4012 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4013 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4014 present.
4015
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004016Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004017---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004018
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004019- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004020 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4021
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004022- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004023 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004024
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004025 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4026 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4027 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004028
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004029- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4030 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4031 PowerPC SOCs.
4032
4033- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4034 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4035 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4036
4037 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4038 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4039
4040- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4041 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4042 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004043 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004044 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4045 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4046 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4047
4048 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4049 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4050
4051- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004052 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4053 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004054 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4055 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4056
4057- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4058 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4059 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4060 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4061
4062- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4063 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4064 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4065
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004066- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004067 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004068
4069 the default drive number (default value 0)
4070
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004071 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004072
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004073 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004074 (default value 1)
4075
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004076 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004077
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004078 defines the offset of register from address. It
4079 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004080 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004082 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4083 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004084 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004085
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004086 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004087 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4088 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4089 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4090 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004091
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004092- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4093 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4094 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4095 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4096 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4097 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4098 is requierd.
4099
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004100- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004101 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004102 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004103
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004104- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004105
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004106 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004107 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4108 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4109 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4110 will become available only after programming the
4111 memory controller and running certain initialization
4112 sequences.
4113
4114 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4115 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4116 - MPC824X: data cache
4117 - PPC4xx: data cache
4118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004119- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004120
4121 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004122 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4123 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004124 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004125 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004126 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4127 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4128 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004129
4130 Note:
4131 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4132 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004133 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004134 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4135 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4136
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004137- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004138
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004139- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004140
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004141- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004142
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004143- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004145- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004146
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004147- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004148
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004149- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150 SDRAM timing
4151
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004152- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004153 periodic timer for refresh
4154
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004155- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004156
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004157- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4158 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4159 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4160 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004161 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4162
4163- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004164 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4165 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004166 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4167
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004168- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4169 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004170 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4171 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4172
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004173- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004174 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4175 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4176
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004177- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004178 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4179 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4180
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004181- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004182 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4183 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4184
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004185- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004186 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4187 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4188 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4189
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004190- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004191 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4192 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4193 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4194 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004195
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004196- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4197 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4198 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4199 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4200 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4201 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4202 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4203 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004204 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004205
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004206- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4207 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4208 required.
4209
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004210- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4211 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4212 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4213 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4214 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4215 by coreboot or similar.
4216
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004217- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4218 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4219
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004220- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4221 Chip has SRIO or not
4222
4223- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4224 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4225
4226- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4227 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4228
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004229- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4230 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4231
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004232- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4233 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4234
4235- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4236 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4237
4238- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4239 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4240
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004241- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4242 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4243 a 16 bit bus.
4244 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004245 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004246 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004247 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004248
4249- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4250 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4251 a default value will be used.
4252
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004253- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004254 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4255 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4256
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004257 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4258 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4259
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004260- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004261 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4262 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4263 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004264
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004265- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4266 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4267 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4268 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4269 header files or board specific files.
4270
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004271- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4272 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4273
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004274- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004275 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4276 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004277
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004278- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4279 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4280
4281- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4282 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004283 to the given FEC; i. e.
4284 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004285 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4286
4287 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4288
4289- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4290 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4291 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4292
4293- CONFIG_RMII
4294 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4295 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4296 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4297
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004298- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4299 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4300 The syntax is:
4301
4302 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4303
4304 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4305 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4306 area should have.
4307
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004308- CONFIG_LOOPW
4309 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004310 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004311
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004312- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4313 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4314 "md/mw" commands.
4315 Examples:
4316
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004317 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004318 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4319
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004320 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004321 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4322
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004323 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004324 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004325
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004326- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004327 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004328 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4329 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4330 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004331
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004332 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4333 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4334 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4335 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004336
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004337- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004338 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4339 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4340 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004341
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004342- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4343 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4344 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4345 It is loaded by the SPL.
4346
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004347- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4348 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4349 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4350 previous 4k of the .text section.
4351
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004352- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4353 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4354 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4355 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4356 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4357 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4358 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4359 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4360
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004361- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4362 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4363 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4364 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4365 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4366
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004367- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4368 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4369 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004370
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004371- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4372 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4373
4374 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004375
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004376Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4377-----------------------------------
4378
4379The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4380loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4381This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4382are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4383within that device.
4384
4385- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4386 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4387 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4388 is also specified.
4389
4390- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4391 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4392 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4393 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4394 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4395
4396- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4397 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4398 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4399 virtual address in NOR flash.
4400
4401- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4402 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4403 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4404
4405- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4406 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4407 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4408
4409- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4410 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4411 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4412
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004413- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4414 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4415 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004416 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4417 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4418 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004419
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004420Building the Software:
4421======================
4422
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004423Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4424and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4425all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4426(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4427recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4428which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004429
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004430If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4431have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4432you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4433Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4434necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004435
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004436 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4437 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004438
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004439Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4440 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4441 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4442 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4443
4444 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4445
4446 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4447 be executed on computers running Windows.
4448
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004449U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4450sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004451is done by typing:
4452
4453 make NAME_config
4454
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004455where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004456rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004457
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004458Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4459 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4460 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4461 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004462 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004464 make TQM823L_config
4465 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004467 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4468 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004469
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004470 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004471
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004472
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004473Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4474images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004475
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004476- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4477- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4478- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004479
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004480By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4481in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4482this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4483
44841. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4485
4486 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4487 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4488 make O=/tmp/build all
4489
44902. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4491
4492 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4493 make distclean
4494 make NAME_config
4495 make all
4496
4497Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4498variable.
4499
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004500
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004501Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4502for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4503native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004504
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004506If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4507to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4508steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000045101. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004511 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4512 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000045132. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4514 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4515 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
45163. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4517 your board
45183. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4519 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
45204. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
45215. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4522 to be installed on your target system.
45236. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4524 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004525
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004527Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4528==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004529
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004530If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4531or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004532provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4533the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004534official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004535
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004536But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4537cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004538the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4539just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004540for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4541select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4542environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4543you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004545 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004549 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004550
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004551When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4552U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4553setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4554built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4555<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4556location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4557variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004558
4559 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4560 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4561 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4562
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004563With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4564log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4565during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004566
4567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004568See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004569
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004571Monitor Commands - Overview:
4572============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004574go - start application at address 'addr'
4575run - run commands in an environment variable
4576bootm - boot application image from memory
4577bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004578bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004579tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4580 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4581 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004582tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004583rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4584diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4585loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4586loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4587md - memory display
4588mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4589nm - memory modify (constant address)
4590mw - memory write (fill)
4591cp - memory copy
4592cmp - memory compare
4593crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004594i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004595sspi - SPI utility commands
4596base - print or set address offset
4597printenv- print environment variables
4598setenv - set environment variables
4599saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4600protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4601erase - erase FLASH memory
4602flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004603nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004604bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4605iminfo - print header information for application image
4606coninfo - print console devices and informations
4607ide - IDE sub-system
4608loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004609loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004610mtest - simple RAM test
4611icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4612dcache - enable or disable data cache
4613reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4614echo - echo args to console
4615version - print monitor version
4616help - print online help
4617? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004618
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004620Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4621========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004625For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004626
4627
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004628Environment Variables:
4629======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004631U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4632can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004634Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4635"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4636without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4637environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4638working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4639environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004640
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004641Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4642
4643List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004647 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004649 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004651 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004652
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004653 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004654
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004655 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4656 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4657 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4658 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4659 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4660 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004661 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4662 bootm_mapsize.
4663
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004664 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004665 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4666 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4667 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4668 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4669 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4670 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004671
4672 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4673 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4674 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4675 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4676 environment variable.
4677
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004678 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4679 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4680 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004682 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4683 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4684 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4685 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4688 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4689 be automatically started (by internally calling
4690 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004692 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4693 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4694 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4695 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4696 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004697
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004698 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4699 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004700 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4701 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4702 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4703 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4704 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4705 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4706 access it during the boot procedure.
4707
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004708 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4709 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4710 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4711 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4712 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4713 must be accessible by the kernel.
4714
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004715 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4716 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4717 defined.
4718
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004719 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4720 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4721 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4722 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4723 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004725 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4726 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4727 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4728 is usually what you want since it allows for
4729 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4730 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004731 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004732 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4733 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4734 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4735 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004736
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004737 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4738 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4739 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4740 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4741 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4742 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004744 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4747 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4748 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4749 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4750 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4751 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4752 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004754 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004756 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4757 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004759 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004765 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004766
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004767 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004768
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004769 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004770
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004771 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4772 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004773
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004774 => setenv ethact FEC
4775 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4776 => setenv ethact SCC
4777 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004778
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004779 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4780 available network interfaces.
4781 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4782
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004783 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004784 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4785 When set to "once" the network operation will
4786 fail when all the available network interfaces
4787 are tried once without success.
4788 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4789 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004791 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004792
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004793 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4794 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4795 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4796 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4797 is silent.
4798
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004799 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004800 UDP source port.
4801
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004802 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4803 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4804
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004805 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4806 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4807
4808 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4809 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4810 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4811 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4812 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4813 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4814 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4815
4816 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004817 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004818 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004819
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004820The following image location variables contain the location of images
4821used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4822not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4823variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4824server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4825loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4826flash or offset in NAND flash.
4827
4828*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4829boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4830boards use these variables for other purposes.
4831
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004832Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4833----- --------- ----------- --------------
4834u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4835Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4836device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4837ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004838
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004839The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4840updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4841depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004842
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004843 bootfile - see above
4844 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4845 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4846 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4847 hostname - Target hostname
4848 ipaddr - see above
4849 netmask - Subnet Mask
4850 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4851 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004852
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004856 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4857 as type string and/or serial number
4858 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004859
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004860These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4861the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4862once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004863
4864
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004865Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4868 with the "version" command. This variable is
4869 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004870
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004872Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4873only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004874
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004875
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004876Callback functions for environment variables:
4877---------------------------------------------
4878
4879For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4880when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4881be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4882deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4883effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4884
4885The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4886U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4887
4888These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4889static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4890in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4891associations. The list must be in the following format:
4892
4893 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4894 list = entry[,list]
4895
4896If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4897Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4898
4899Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4900with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4901override any association in the static list. You can define
4902CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4903".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4904
4905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004906Command Line Parsing:
4907=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004909There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4910the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004912Old, simple command line parser:
4913--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004915- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4916- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004917- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004918- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4919 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004920 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004921- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4922 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004923
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004924Hush shell:
4925-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004927- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4928 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4929 until...do...done, ...
4930- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4931 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4932 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4933 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935General rules:
4936--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004937
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004938(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4939 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4940 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4941 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004943(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004944 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4946 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004948Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4949=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004950
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004951Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004952such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4953"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4956MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4957"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004958
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004959If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4960in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4961ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4962variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004964o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4965 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004967o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4968 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4969 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004971o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4972 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004974o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4975 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4976 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004978o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4979 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004980
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004981If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004982will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004983may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4984The naming convention is as follows:
4985"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004986
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004987Image Formats:
4988==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004989
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004990U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4991images in two formats:
4992
4993New uImage format (FIT)
4994-----------------------
4995
4996Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4997to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4998components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4999SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5000
5001
5002Old uImage format
5003-----------------
5004
5005Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5006preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5007details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5010 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005011 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5012 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5013 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005014* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005015 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5016 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5018* Load Address
5019* Entry Point
5020* Image Name
5021* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005023The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5024and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5025CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005026
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028Linux Support:
5029==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005030
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005031Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5032easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5033U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5036special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5037"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5038instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5039serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005040
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005041- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5042 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5043 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005045- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5046 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5049 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5050 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5051 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5052 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5053 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005054
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005055
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005056Linux HOWTO:
5057============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005058
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005059Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5060---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005062U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5063configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5064(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5065Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005066
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005067But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005069Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5070include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005071Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5072and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005073as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005074
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005075
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005076Configuring the Linux kernel:
5077-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005079No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5080device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005081
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083Building a Linux Image:
5084-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005086With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5087not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5088"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5089U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5090which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5091100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005093Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005094
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005095 make TQM850L_config
5096 make oldconfig
5097 make dep
5098 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005099
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005100The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5101encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5102CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005103
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005104* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005106* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005108 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5109 -R .note -R .comment \
5110 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005112* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005113
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005114 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005116* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005117
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005118 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5119 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5120 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005121
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005122
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005123The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5124with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5125combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5126byte header containing information about target architecture,
5127operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5128stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5131print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005133In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5134contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5135checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005137 tools/mkimage -l image
5138 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005140The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5141from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5144 -n name -d data_file image
5145 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5146 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5147 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5148 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5149 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5150 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5151 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5152 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005153
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005154Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5155address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5156kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005158- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5159- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005163 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5164 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005165 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005166 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5167 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5168 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5169 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5170 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5171 Load Address: 0x00000000
5172 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005176 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5177 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5178 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5179 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5180 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5181 Load Address: 0x00000000
5182 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5185speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5186needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5187need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005188
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005189 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005190 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5191 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005192 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005193 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5194 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5195 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5196 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5197 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5198 Load Address: 0x00000000
5199 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005200
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005202Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5203when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5206 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5207 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5208 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5209 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5210 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5211 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5212 Load Address: 0x00000000
5213 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005214
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005215
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005216Installing a Linux Image:
5217-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005219To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5220you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005221
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005222 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005223
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005224The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5225image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5226address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5227specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5228command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005230Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5231TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005233 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005234
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005235 .......... done
5236 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005238 => loads 40100000
5239 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5240 ~>examples/image.srec
5241 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5242 ...
5243 15989 15990 15991 15992
5244 [file transfer complete]
5245 [connected]
5246 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005247
5248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005249You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005250this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005251corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005255 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5256 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5257 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5258 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5259 Load Address: 00000000
5260 Entry Point: 0000000c
5261 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005262
5263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264Boot Linux:
5265-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005266
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005267The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5268memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5269of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5270parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5271"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005272
5273
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005274 => printenv bootargs
5275 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005277 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279 => printenv bootargs
5280 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005282 => bootm 40020000
5283 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5284 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5285 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5286 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5287 Load Address: 00000000
5288 Entry Point: 0000000c
5289 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5290 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5291 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5292 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5293 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5294 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5295 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5296 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005297
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005298If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005299the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5300format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005301
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005302 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005303
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005304 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5305 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5306 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5307 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5308 Load Address: 00000000
5309 Entry Point: 0000000c
5310 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005312 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5313 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5314 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5315 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5316 Load Address: 00000000
5317 Entry Point: 00000000
5318 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005319
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005320 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5321 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5322 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5323 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5324 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5325 Load Address: 00000000
5326 Entry Point: 0000000c
5327 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5328 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5329 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5330 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5331 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5332 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5333 Load Address: 00000000
5334 Entry Point: 00000000
5335 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5336 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5337 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5338 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5339 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5340 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5341 ...
5342 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5343 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005344
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005345 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005346
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005347Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5348-----------
5349
5350First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5351titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5352following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5353flat device tree:
5354
5355=> print oftaddr
5356oftaddr=0x300000
5357=> print oft
5358oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5359=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5360Speed: 1000, full duplex
5361Using TSEC0 device
5362TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5363Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5364Load address: 0x300000
5365Loading: #
5366done
5367Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5368=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5369Speed: 1000, full duplex
5370Using TSEC0 device
5371TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5372Filename 'uImage'.
5373Load address: 0x200000
5374Loading:############
5375done
5376Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5377=> print loadaddr
5378loadaddr=200000
5379=> print oftaddr
5380oftaddr=0x300000
5381=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5382## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005383 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5384 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5385 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005386 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005387 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005388 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5389 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5390Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5391Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5392Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5393[snip]
5394
5395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005396More About U-Boot Image Types:
5397------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005399U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005400
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005401 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5402 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5403 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5404 the Standalone Program.
5405 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5406 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5407 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5408 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5409 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5410 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5411 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5412 being started.
5413 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5414 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5415 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5416 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5417 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5418 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005420 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5421 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5422 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5423 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5424 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5425 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005427 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5428 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5429 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005430
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005431 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5432 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5433 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5434 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005435
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005436Booting the Linux zImage:
5437-------------------------
5438
5439On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5440using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5441as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5442
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005443Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005444kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5445address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5446format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5447
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005448
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005449Standalone HOWTO:
5450=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005451
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005452One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5453run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5454U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005456Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005457
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005458"Hello World" Demo:
5459-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005460
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005461'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5462application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5463It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5464like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005466 => loads
5467 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5468 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5469 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5470 [file transfer complete]
5471 [connected]
5472 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005473
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005474 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5475 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5476 Hello World
5477 argc = 7
5478 argv[0] = "40004"
5479 argv[1] = "Hello"
5480 argv[2] = "World!"
5481 argv[3] = "This"
5482 argv[4] = "is"
5483 argv[5] = "a"
5484 argv[6] = "test."
5485 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5486 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005488 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005489
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005490Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5491handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5492Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5493The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5494character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5495controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005496
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005497 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5498 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5499 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5500 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005502 => loads
5503 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5504 ~>examples/timer.srec
5505 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5506 [file transfer complete]
5507 [connected]
5508 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510 => go 40004
5511 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5512 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5513 Using timer 1
5514 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005516Hit 'b':
5517 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5518 Enabling timer
5519Hit '?':
5520 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5521 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5522Hit '?':
5523 [q, b, e, ?] .
5524 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5525Hit '?':
5526 [q, b, e, ?] .
5527 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5528Hit '?':
5529 [q, b, e, ?] .
5530 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5531Hit 'e':
5532 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5533Hit 'q':
5534 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005535
5536
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005537Minicom warning:
5538================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005540Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5541"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5542consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5543Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5544especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005545use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5546http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5547for help with kermit.
5548
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005550Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5551configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005552
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005553 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5554 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5555 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005556
5557
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005558NetBSD Notes:
5559=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005560
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005561Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5562(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005563
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005564Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5565NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5566need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5567Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5568attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5569missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005571 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5572 # mkdir powerpc
5573 # ln -s powerpc machine
5574 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5575 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005577Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5578and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005579
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005580Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5581stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5582proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5583tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005584meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005585
5586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587Implementation Internals:
5588=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005590The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5591implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5592inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5593hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005594
5595
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005596Initial Stack, Global Data:
5597---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5600starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5601system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5602This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5603is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5604at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5605options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5606models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5607MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5608locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005609
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005610 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005611 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005613 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5614 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5615 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5616 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005618 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5619 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5620 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5621 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5622 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005623 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005624 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5625 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005627 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5628 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005629 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005630 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5631 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5632 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5633 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005635 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005636 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5637 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005638 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005639 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5640 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5641 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5642 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5643 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005645 -Chris Hallinan
5646 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005648It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5649code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005651* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5652 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005653
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005654* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005655 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5656 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005658* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5659 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005661Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5662normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5663turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5664simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5665functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5666functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5667the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5668place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5669reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005670
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005671When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5672relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5673GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005675For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5676 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005677 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005678 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5679 R5-R10: parameter passing
5680 R13: small data area pointer
5681 R30: GOT pointer
5682 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005683
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005684 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5685 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5686 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005687
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005688 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005690 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5691 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5692 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5693 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5694 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5695 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005696
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005697On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005698 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5699
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005700 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005702On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005704 R0: function argument word/integer result
5705 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005706 R9: platform specific
5707 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5709 R12: temporary workspace
5710 R13: stack pointer
5711 R14: link register
5712 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005713
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005714 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5715
5716 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005717
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005718On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5719 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5720
5721 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5722
5723 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5724 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5725
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005726On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5727
5728 R0-R1: argument/return
5729 R2-R5: argument
5730 R15: temporary register for assembler
5731 R16: trampoline register
5732 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5733 R29: global pointer (GP)
5734 R30: link register (LP)
5735 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5736 PC: program counter (PC)
5737
5738 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5739
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005740NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5741or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005742
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005743Memory Management:
5744------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005746U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5747MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5750controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5751memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5752physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5755TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5756booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5757to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005758memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005759configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5760Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005762Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5763of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005765So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5766this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005768 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5769 :
5770 0x0000 1FFF
5771 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5772 :
5773 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005775 :
5776 :
5777 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5778 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5779 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5780 :
5781 0x00FD FFFF
5782 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5783 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5784 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5785 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005786
5787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005788System Initialization:
5789----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005790
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005791In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005792(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5794To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5795To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5796initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5797which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5798part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5799the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005801Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5802preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5803(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5804on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5805programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5806simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5807banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5810different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5811bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
58120x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5813contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005815Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5816and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5817Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5818pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005820Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5821until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5822running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5823new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005824
5825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005826U-Boot Porting Guide:
5827----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005829[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5830list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005831
5832
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005833int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005834{
5835 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005836
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005837 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5838 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005840 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005841 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005842 return 0;
5843 }
5844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005845 Download latest U-Boot source;
5846
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005847 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005848
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005849 if (clueless)
5850 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005852 while (learning) {
5853 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005854 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5855 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005856 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005857 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005858 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005859
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005860 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5861 Buy a BDI3000;
5862 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005863 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005864
5865 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5866 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5867 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5868 } else {
5869 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5870 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005871 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005872 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5873 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005874
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005875 while (!accepted) {
5876 while (!running) {
5877 do {
5878 Add / modify source code;
5879 } until (compiles);
5880 Debug;
5881 if (clueless)
5882 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5883 }
5884 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5885 if (reasonable critiques)
5886 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5887 else
5888 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005889 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005891 return 0;
5892}
5893
5894void no_more_time (int sig)
5895{
5896 hire_a_guru();
5897}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005898
5899
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005900Coding Standards:
5901-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005903All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005904coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005905"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005906
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005907Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5908MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5909reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5910sources.
5911
5912Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5913Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5914in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005915
5916Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5917- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005918- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005919- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005920- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005921- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5922
5923Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5924with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005925
5926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005927Submitting Patches:
5928-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005930Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5931establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5932may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005933
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005934Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005935
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005936Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5937see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005939When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5940it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005942* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5943 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5944 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005945
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005946* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5947 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005949* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5950
5951* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5952
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02005953* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
5954 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005955
5956* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5957 document these in the README file.
5958
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005959* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5960 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005961 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005962 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5963 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005964
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005965 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5966 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5967 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005968
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005969 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5970 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5971 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5972 affected files).
5973
5974 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5975 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005976
5977* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5978 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5979
5980* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5981 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5982
5983
5984Notes:
5985
5986* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5987 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5988 for any of the boards.
5989
5990* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5991 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5992 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5993
5994* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5995 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5996 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5997 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5998 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5999 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006000
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006001* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6002 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6003 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6004 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.